blob: 6bdcb0ed902e7be4f71190dde214ba0588f42095 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000029using namespace clang;
30
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000031
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000032/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
33/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
34///
35/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
36/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
37/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
38/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
39/// function is being used.
40///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000041/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
42/// decls.
43///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000044/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
45/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000046///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000047bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000048 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000049 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 }
52
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000053 // See if the decl is unavailable
54 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
55 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
56 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
57 }
58
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000059 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000060 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
62 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
63 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
64 return true;
65 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000066 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000067
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069}
70
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000071/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000072/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
74///
75void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000076 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000077 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000079 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
81 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000082
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000083 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
84 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000085 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000086 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
87 int isMethod = 0;
88 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
89 // skip over named parameters.
90 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
91 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
92 if (nullPos)
93 --nullPos;
94 else
95 ++i;
96 }
97 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
98 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +000099 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000100 // skip over named parameters.
101 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
102 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
103 if (nullPos)
104 --nullPos;
105 else
106 ++i;
107 }
108 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000109 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000110 // block or function pointer call.
111 QualType Ty = V->getType();
112 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000114 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
115 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000116 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
117 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
118 unsigned k;
119 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
120 if (nullPos)
121 --nullPos;
122 else
123 ++i;
124 }
125 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
126 }
127 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
128 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000132 return;
133
134 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000135 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000136 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 return;
138 }
139 int sentinel = i;
140 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
141 --sentinelPos;
142 ++i;
143 }
144 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
145 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000146 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000147 return;
148 }
149 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
150 ++i;
151 ++sentinel;
152 }
153 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
154 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000155 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
156 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000157 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000158 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 }
160 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000161}
162
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000163SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
164 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
165 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
166}
167
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000168//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
169// Standard Promotions and Conversions
170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
173void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
174 QualType Ty = E->getType();
175 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
176
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000177 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000178 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000179 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000180 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
181 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
182 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
183 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
184 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
185 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
186 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000187 //
188 // C++ 4.2p1:
189 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
190 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
191 //
192 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
193 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000194 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
195 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000196 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197}
198
199/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000200/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
202/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
203/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
204Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
205 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
206 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000207
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000208 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
209 //
210 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
211 // unsigned int may be used:
212 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
213 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
214 // and unsigned int.
215 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
216 //
217 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
218 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
219 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
220 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000221 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
222 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000223 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 return Expr;
225 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000226 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000227 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000228 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000230 }
231
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000233 return Expr;
234}
235
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000236/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000237/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
239void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
240 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
241 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000242
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000243 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000244 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000246 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
247 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000248
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000249 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
250}
251
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000252/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
253/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
254/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
255/// completely illegal.
256bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000257 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000259 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
260 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
261 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
262 << Expr->getType() << CT;
263 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000264 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000265
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000266 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
267 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
268 << Expr->getType() << CT;
269
270 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000271}
272
273
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
275/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000276/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000277/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
278/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
279/// GCC.
280QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
281 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000282 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000283 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284
285 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000286
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000288 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000289 QualType lhs =
290 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000292 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000293
294 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
295 if (lhs == rhs)
296 return lhs;
297
298 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
299 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
300 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
301 return lhs;
302
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000303 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000304 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
306 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000307 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000308 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
309 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
310
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000311 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000312 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000313 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
314 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000315 return destType;
316}
317
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000318//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
319// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321
322
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000323/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000324/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
325/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
326/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
327/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000328///
329Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000330Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000331 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
332
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000333 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000334 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000335 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000336
337 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
338 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
339 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000340
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000341 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000342 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000344
345 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
347 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000349 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
350 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
351 // strings.
352 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000353 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000354 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000355
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000356 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000358 Literal.GetStringLength(),
359 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
360 &StringTokLocs[0],
361 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000362}
363
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000364/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
365/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
366/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
367/// for values inside the block or for globals).
368///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000369/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
370/// up-to-date.
371///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000372static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
373 ValueDecl *VD) {
374 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
375 // we wanted to.
376 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
377 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000378
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000379 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
380 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
381 return false;
382
383 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
384 // snapshot it.
385 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
386 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000387 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
388 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000390 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
391 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
392
393 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
394 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
395 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
396 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
397 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
398 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
399 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
400 // having a reference outside it.
401 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
402 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000404 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
405 // a snapshot as well.
406 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
407 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000409 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410}
411
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000412
413
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000414/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000415Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000416Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
417 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
418 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000419 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
420 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 << D->getDeclName();
423 return ExprError();
424 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000425
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000426 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
427 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
428 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
429 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000431 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000432 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000433 << D->getIdentifier();
434 return ExprError();
435 }
436 }
437 }
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000440 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000442 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
443 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
444 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
445 D, Loc,
446 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
453 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
458 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
459 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000478/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
479/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
480/// actual member.
481///
482/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
483/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
484/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
485/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
486/// we found.
487///
488/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
489/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
490/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
491VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000493 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
494 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
495 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
496
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000497 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
499 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
500 do {
501 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000502 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000504 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 else {
506 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
507 break;
508 }
509 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000511 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512
513 return BaseObject;
514}
515
516Sema::OwningExprResult
517Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
518 FieldDecl *Field,
519 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
520 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
521 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000522 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523 AnonFields);
524
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000525 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
526 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
527 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
528 // found via name lookup.
529 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000530 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 if (BaseObject) {
532 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
533 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000534 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000535 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000536 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000537 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000538 BaseQuals
539 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
541 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
542 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
543 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
544 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000545 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000546 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
547 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
548 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000549 BaseQuals
550 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 } else {
552 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
553 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
554 // program our base object expression is "this".
555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
556 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000557 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000558 = Context.getTagDeclType(
559 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
560 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000561 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
563 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
564 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000567 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
568 }
569 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000570 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
571 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000572 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000573 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
575
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000577 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
578 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
581 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
582 // anonymous struct/union.
583 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000584 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
586 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
587 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
588 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
590 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
591
592 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
593 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
594 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
595 ResultQuals.removeConst();
596
597 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
598 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
599
600 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
601 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
602
603 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
604 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
605 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
606
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000607 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000608 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000609 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
610 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
614
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616}
617
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000618Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
619 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
620 UnqualifiedId &Name,
621 bool HasTrailingLParen,
622 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
623 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
624 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
625 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000626 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
627 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
628 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
629 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
630 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
631 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000632 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
633 }
634
635 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
636 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
637 // ActOnIdExpression.
638 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
639 Name.StartLocation,
640 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
641 HasTrailingLParen,
642 &SS,
643 IsAddressOfOperand);
644}
645
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000646/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
647/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
648/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
649/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
650/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000651/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
652/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000653///
654/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
655/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
656/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
657/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000658///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000659/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
660/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
661/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
662/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000663Sema::OwningExprResult
664Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
665 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000666 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000667 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000668 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000669 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
670 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000671
672 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
673 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
674 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
675 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000676 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000677 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000678 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000680 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
681 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000682 }
683
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000684 LookupResult Lookup;
685 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000686
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000687 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
688 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
689 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
690 : SourceRange());
691 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000692 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000694 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000695
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000696 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
697 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000698 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
699 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000700 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
701 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000702 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
703 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000704 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000705 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000707 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000708 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000709 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000710 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
711 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000712
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000713 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
714 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
715 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
716 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000717
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
719 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
720 // an error.
721 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
722 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
723 << IV->getDeclName());
724 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
725 // same name exists, use the global.
726 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000727 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
728 ClassDeclared != IFace)
729 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000730 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
731 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000733 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
734 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
735 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
736 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
737 SelfName, false, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000738 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739 return Owned(new (Context)
740 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000741 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000742 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000743 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000744 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000745 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
746 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000747 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000748 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000749 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
750 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000751 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000752 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000754 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000755 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000756 QualType T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000757
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000758 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000759 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
760 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000761 else
762 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000763 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000764 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000765 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000766
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000767 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
768 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000769 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000770 HasTrailingLParen;
771
772 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000773 // We've seen something of the form
774 //
775 // identifier(
776 //
777 // and we did not find any entity by the name
778 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
779 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
780 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
781 Context.OverloadTy,
782 Loc));
783 }
784
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000785 if (D == 0) {
786 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
787 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000788 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000789 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000790 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000791 else {
792 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
793 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000794 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
795 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
796 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
797 << SS->getRange());
798 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000800 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
801 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000802 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000803 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000804 }
805 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000806
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000807 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
808 // Warn about constructs like:
809 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
810 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000811
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000812 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
813 // information to check this property.
814 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
815 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000816 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000817 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000818 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000819 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
820 << Var->getDeclName()
821 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
822 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000823 break;
824 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000825
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000826 // Move to the parent of this scope.
827 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000828 }
829 }
830 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
831 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
832 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
833 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
834 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
835 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
836 // type.
837 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
838 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000839
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 QualType T = Func->getType();
841 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000842 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000843 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
844 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
845 }
846 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000847
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000848 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
849}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000850/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000851bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000852Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
853 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000854 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000855 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000856 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000857 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000858 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
859 return false;
860 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
861 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000862 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000863 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
864 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000865 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000866 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
867 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
868 DestRecordType,
869 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
870 From->getSourceRange()))
871 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000872 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
873 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000874 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000875 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000876}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000877
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000878/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000879static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
880 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000881 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
882 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000883 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000884 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000885 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000886 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
887 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
888 Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000889
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000890 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
891}
892
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000893/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
894Sema::OwningExprResult
895Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
896 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000897 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000898 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
899 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
900 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000901
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000902 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
903 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
904 // not any specific instance's member.
905 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000906 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000907 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000908 QualType DType;
909 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
910 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
911 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
912 DType = Method->getType();
913 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
914 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
915 }
916 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
917 if (!DType.isNull()) {
918 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
919 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000920 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000921 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000922 }
923 }
924 }
925
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000926 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
927 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000928 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000929 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
930 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
931 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000932
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000933 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
934 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
935 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
936 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
937 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
938 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
939 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000940
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000941 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
942 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
943 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
944 // explicitly qualified.
945 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
946 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000947 }
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000948
949 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
950 return ExprError();
951 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
952 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000953 }
954
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000955 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000956 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
957 if (MD->isStatic())
958 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000959 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
960 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000961 }
962
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000963 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
964 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
965 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000966 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
967 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000968 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000969
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000970 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000972 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000973 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000974 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000976
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000977 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000978 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000979 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
980 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000981 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000982 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
983 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000984 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000985 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
986 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000987 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
988
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000989 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000990
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000991 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
992 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
993 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
994 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000995 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000996 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000997 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
998 return ExprError();
999
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001000 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1001 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001002 return ExprError();
1003
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001004 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1005 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1006 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1007 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001008 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001009 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1010 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1011 //
1012 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001013 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001014 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001015 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001016 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001017 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001018 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1019 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001020 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001021
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001022 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001023 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001024 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001025 }
1026 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1027 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001028
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001029 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001030 bool ValueDependent = false;
1031 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1032 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001033 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001034 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1035 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1036 TypeDependent = true;
1037 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1038 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1039 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1040 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1041 TypeDependent = true;
1042 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1043 // names a dependent type.
1044 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001045 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001046 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1047 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001048 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001049 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1050 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1051 TypeDependent = true;
1052 break;
1053 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001054 }
1055 }
1056 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001057
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001058 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1059 //
1060 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1061 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1062 if (TypeDependent)
1063 ValueDependent = true;
1064 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1065 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1066 ValueDependent = true;
1067 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1068 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001069 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Mike Stumpfbf68702009-11-03 22:20:01 +00001070 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers()
1071 == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001072 Dcl->getInit()) {
1073 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1074 }
1075 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001076 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001077
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001078 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1079 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001080}
1081
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001082Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1083 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001084 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001085
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001086 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001087 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001088 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1089 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1090 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001091 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001092
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001093 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1094 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001095
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001096 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1097 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001098 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001099 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001100 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001101
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001102 QualType ResTy;
1103 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1104 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1105 } else {
1106 unsigned Length =
1107 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001108
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001109 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001110 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001111 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1112 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001113 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001114}
1115
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001116Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001117 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1118 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1119 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1120 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001122 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1123 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1124 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001126
1127 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1128
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001129 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1130 Literal.isWide(),
1131 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001132}
1133
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001134Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1135 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001136 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1137 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001138 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001139 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001140 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001141 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001142 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001143
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001144 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001145 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1146 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001147 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001149 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1150 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001151
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001152 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001153 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1154 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001155 return ExprError();
1156
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001157 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001159 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001160 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001161 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001162 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001163 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001164 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001165 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001166 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001167
1168 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1169
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001170 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1171 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001172 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1173 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001174
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001175 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001176 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001177 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001178 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001179
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001180 // long long is a C99 feature.
1181 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001182 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001183 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1184
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001185 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001186 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001188 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1189 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1190 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001191 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1192 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001193 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001194 } else {
1195 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1196 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001197
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001198 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1199 // be an unsigned int.
1200 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1201
1202 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001203 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001204 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1205 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001206 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001208 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1209 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1210 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1211 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001212 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001213 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001214 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001215 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001216 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001217 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001219 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001220 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001221 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001222
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001223 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1224 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1225 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1226 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001227 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001228 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001229 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001230 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001231 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232 }
1233
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001234 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001235 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001236 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001238 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1239 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1240 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1241 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001242 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001243 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001244 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001245 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001246 }
1247 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001248
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001249 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1250 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001251 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001252 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001253 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001254 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001256
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001257 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1258 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001259 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001260 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001261 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001263 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1264 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001265 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001266 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001267
1268 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001269}
1270
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001271Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1272 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001273 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001274 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001275 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001276}
1277
1278/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1279/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001280bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001281 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1282 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1283 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001284 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1285 return false;
1286
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001288 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001289 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001290 if (isSizeof)
1291 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1292 return false;
1293 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001294
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001295 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001296 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001297 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1298 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001299 return false;
1300 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001301
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001302 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001303 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001304 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1305 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001306 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001307
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001308 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001309 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001310 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001311 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1312 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001313 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001314
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001315 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001316}
1317
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001318bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1319 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1320 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001321
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001323 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1324 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001325
1326 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1327 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1328 return false;
1329
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001330 if (E->getBitField()) {
1331 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1332 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001333 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001334
1335 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1336 // bit-field.
1337 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001338 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001339 return false;
1340
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001341 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1342}
1343
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001344/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001345Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001346Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1347 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001348 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001349 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001350 return ExprError();
1351
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001352 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1353
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001354 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1355 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1356 return ExprError();
1357
1358 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001359 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001360 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1361 R.getEnd()));
1362}
1363
1364/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1365/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001366Action::OwningExprResult
1367Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001368 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1369 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1370 bool isInvalid = false;
1371 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1372 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1373 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1374 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001375 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1377 isInvalid = true;
1378 } else {
1379 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1380 }
1381
1382 if (isInvalid)
1383 return ExprError();
1384
1385 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1386 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1387 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1388 R.getEnd()));
1389}
1390
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001391/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1392/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1393/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001394Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001395Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1396 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001397 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001398 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001399
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001400 if (isType) {
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001401 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1402 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1403 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001404 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001405
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001406 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1407 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1408 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1409
1410 if (Result.isInvalid())
1411 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1412
1413 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001414}
1415
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001416QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001417 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1418 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001420 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001421 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001422 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001424 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1425 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1426 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001428 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1430 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001431 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001432}
1433
1434
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001435
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001436Action::OwningExprResult
1437Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1438 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001439 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1440 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001441 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001442
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001443 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1444 switch (Kind) {
1445 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1446 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1447 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1448 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001449
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001450 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1451 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1452 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001453 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001454 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1455
1456 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1457 //
1458 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1459 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1460 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1461 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1462 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1463 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1464 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001465 Expr *Args[2] = {
1466 Arg,
1467 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001468 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001469 };
1470
1471 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1472 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001473 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001474
1475 // Perform overload resolution.
1476 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001477 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001478 case OR_Success: {
1479 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1480 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1481
1482 if (FnDecl) {
1483 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1484 // operator.
1485
1486 // Convert the arguments.
1487 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1488 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001489 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001490 } else {
1491 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001492 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001493 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1494 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001495 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001496 }
1497
1498 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001499 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001501 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001502 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001503 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001504 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1505
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001506 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001507 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001508
1509 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1510 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1511 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1512 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1513
1514 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1515 FnDecl))
1516 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson3a9439f2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001517 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1518
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519 } else {
1520 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1521 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1522 // operator node.
1523 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1524 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001526
1527 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001529 }
1530
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001531 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1532 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1533 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1534 // candidates.
1535 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1536 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1537 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1538 if (Result.isInvalid())
1539 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1540
1541 return move(Result);
1542 }
1543
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001544 case OR_Ambiguous:
1545 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1546 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1547 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1548 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001549 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001550
1551 case OR_Deleted:
1552 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1553 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1554 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1555 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1556 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1557 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001558 }
1559
1560 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1561 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1562 // build a built-in operation.
1563 }
1564
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001565 Input.release();
1566 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001567 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001568}
1569
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001570Action::OwningExprResult
1571Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1572 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001573 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1574 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1575
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1577 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001579 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001580 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1581 Base.release();
1582 Idx.release();
1583 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1584 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1585 }
1586
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001588 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001589 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1590 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1591 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001592 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001593 }
1594
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001595 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1596}
1597
1598
1599Action::OwningExprResult
1600Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1601 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1602 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1603 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1604
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001605 // Perform default conversions.
1606 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1607 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001609 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001610
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001611 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001612 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001613 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001614 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001615 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1616 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001617 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1618 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1619 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1620 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001621 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001622 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1623 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001624 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001625 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001626 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001627 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1628 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001629 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001630 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001631 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001632 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1633 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1634 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001635 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001636 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001637 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1638 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1639 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1640 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001641 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001642 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001643 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001644
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001645 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1646 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001647 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1648 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1649 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1650 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1651 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1652 // force the promotion here.
1653 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1654 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001655 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1656 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001657 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1658
1659 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1660 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001661 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001662 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1663 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1664 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1665 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001666 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1667 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001668 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1669
1670 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1671 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001672 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001673 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001674 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1675 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001677 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001678 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1679 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001680 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1681 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001682
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001683 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001684 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1685 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001686 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1687
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001688 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1690 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001691 // incomplete types are not object types.
1692 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1693 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1694 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1695 return ExprError();
1696 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001697
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001698 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001699 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001700 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1701 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001702 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001703
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001704 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1705 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1706 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1707 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1708 return ExprError();
1709 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001711 Base.release();
1712 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001713 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001714 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001715}
1716
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001717QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001718CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001719 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001720 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001721 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1722 // see FIXME there.
1723 //
1724 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1725 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001726 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001727
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001728 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001729 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001730
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001732 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1733 // to be selected.
1734 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001735
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001736 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1737 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001738 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001739
1740 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1741 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001742 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001743 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1744 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001745 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001746 do
1747 compStr++;
1748 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001749 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001750 do
1751 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001752 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001753 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001754
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001755 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001756 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1757 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001758 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1759 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001760 return QualType();
1761 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001762
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001763 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1764 // operates on.
1765 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001766 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001767
1768 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001769 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001770
1771 while (*compStr) {
1772 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1773 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1774 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1775 return QualType();
1776 }
1777 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001778 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001779
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001780 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1781 // number of elements.
1782 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001783 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001784 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001785 return QualType();
1786 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001787
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001788 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001789 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001790 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001791 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001792 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001793 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001794 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001795 if (HexSwizzle)
1796 CompSize--;
1797
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001798 if (CompSize == 1)
1799 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001800
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001801 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001802 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001803 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1804 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1805 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1806 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001807 }
1808 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001809}
1810
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001811static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001812 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001813 const Selector &Sel,
1814 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001816 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001817 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001818 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001819 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001821 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1822 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001824 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001825 return D;
1826 }
1827 return 0;
1828}
1829
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001830static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001831 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001832 const Selector &Sel,
1833 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001834 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1835 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001836 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001837 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001838 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001839 GDecl = PD;
1840 break;
1841 }
1842 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001843 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001844 GDecl = OMD;
1845 break;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001849 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001850 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1851 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001852 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001853 if (GDecl)
1854 return GDecl;
1855 }
1856 }
1857 return GDecl;
1858}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001859
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001860Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001861Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001862 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001864 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1865 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001866 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001867 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1868 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001869 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1870 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001871 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1872 return ExprError();
1873
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001874 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1875 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1876
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001877 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001878 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001879
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001880 // Perform default conversions.
1881 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001882
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001883 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001884
1885 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1886 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1887 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1888 // call, and continue on.
1889 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1890 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1891 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1892 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1893 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1894 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1895 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1896 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1897 ->isRecordType()))) {
1898 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1899 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1900 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1901 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1902
1903 OwningExprResult NewBase
1904 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1905 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1906 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1907 return move(NewBase);
1908
1909 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1910 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1911 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1912 }
1913 }
1914 }
1915
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001916 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1917 // use that.
1918 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1919 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1920 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1921 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1922 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001923 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001924 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001925 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001926 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001927
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001928 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1929 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1930 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1931 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1932 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1933 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1934 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1935 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1936 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1937 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1938 // Check the use of this method.
1939 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1940 return ExprError();
1941 }
1942 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1943 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1944 Selector SetterSel =
1945 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1946 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1947 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1948 if (!Setter) {
1949 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1950 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001951 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001952 }
1953 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1954 if (!Setter)
1955 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1956
1957 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1958 return ExprError();
1959
1960 if (Getter || Setter) {
1961 QualType PType;
1962
1963 if (Getter)
1964 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1965 else
1966 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1967 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1968 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1969 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1970 PType,
1971 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1972 }
1973 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1974 << MemberName << BaseType);
1975 }
1976 }
1977
1978 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1979 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1980 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001981 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001982 }
1983
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001984 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1985 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001986 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001987 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1988 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1989 if (SS) {
1990 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1991 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1992 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1993 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001994
1995 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001996 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001997 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001998 FirstQualifierInScope,
1999 MemberName,
2000 MemberLoc,
2001 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2002 LAngleLoc,
2003 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2004 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2005 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002006 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002007 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002008 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002009 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2010 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002011 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002012 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2013 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2014 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002015 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002016 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002017 // (so we'll report an error for)
2018 // T* t;
2019 // t.f;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020 //
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002021 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2022 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2023 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002024 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002025
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002027 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2028 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2029 if (SS) {
2030 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2031 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2032 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2033 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002035 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036 BaseExpr, false,
2037 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002038 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002039 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002040 FirstQualifierInScope,
2041 MemberName,
2042 MemberLoc,
2043 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2044 LAngleLoc,
2045 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2046 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2047 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002048 }
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002049 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002050
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002051 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2052 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002053 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002054 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002055 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002056 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2057 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002058 return ExprError();
2059
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002060 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2061 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2062 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2063 // nested-name-specifier.
2064 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor8d1c9ae2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002065
2066 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2067 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2068 << DC << SS->getRange();
2069 return ExprError();
2070 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002071
2072 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002073 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2074 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2075 }
2076
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002077 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002078 LookupResult Result;
2079 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002080
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002081 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002082 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2083 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002084 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002085 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2086 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002087 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002088 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002089
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002090 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2091
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002092 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002093 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002094 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002095 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002097 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002098
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002099 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2100 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2101 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2102 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2103 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2104 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002106 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2107 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2108 // error cases.
2109 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2110 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002111
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002112 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2113 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2114 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2115 // explicitly qualified.
2116 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2117 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2118 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002119
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002120 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002121 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002122 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002123
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002124 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002125 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2126 // (C++ [class.union]).
2127 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002128 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002129 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002130
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002131 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002132 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002133 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002134 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2135 else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002136 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2137 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2138 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2139
2140 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2141 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2142
2143 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2144 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2145 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002146 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002147
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002148 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002149 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2150 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002152 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002153 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002155 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2156 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002157 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2158 Var, MemberLoc,
2159 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002160 }
2161 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2162 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002163 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2164 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2165 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002166 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002167 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002168 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2169 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002171 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2173 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002174 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2176 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2177 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002178 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002180 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2181 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2182 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002183 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002184 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002185 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2186 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2188 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002189 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002190 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2191 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2192 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002193 Context.OverloadTy));
2194
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002195 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2196 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002197 }
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002198 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2199 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002200 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2201 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002202 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002203 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002204 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002205 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002206
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002207 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2208 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2209 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002210 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2211 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002212 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002213 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002214
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002215 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2216 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2217 // pseudo-destructor.
2218 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2219 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2221 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002222 // type.
2223 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2224 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2225 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002227 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2228 // same as the object type.
2229 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2230 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2231 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2232 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2233 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
2235 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002236 // the form
2237 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2239 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002240 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2241 //
2242 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2243 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002245 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2246 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2247 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002249 OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002250 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002251 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2252 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2253 MemberLoc));
2254 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002256 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2257 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002258 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2259 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002260 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002261 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002262 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002263 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002264 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2265
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002266 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2267 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002268 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002269
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002270 if (IV) {
2271 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2272 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2273 // error cases.
2274 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2275 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002276
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002277 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2278 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2279 return ExprError();
2280 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2281 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2282 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2283 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2284 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2285 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2286 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2287 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2288 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2289 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2290 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2291 // AST for a function decl.
2292 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002293 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002294 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2295 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2296 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2297 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2298 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2299 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300
2301 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2302 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002303 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002305 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002306 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2307 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002309 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002310 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002311
2312 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2313 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2314 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002315 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002316 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002317 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002318 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002319 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002320 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002321 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002322 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002323 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002324 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002325 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002327 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002328 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002329 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2330 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2331 // Check the use of this declaration
2332 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2333 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002334
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2336 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2337 }
2338 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2339 // Check the use of this method.
2340 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2341 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002343 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002344 OMD->getResultType(),
2345 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002346 NULL, 0));
2347 }
2348 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002349
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002350 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002351 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002352 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002353 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2354 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002355 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002357 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2358 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2359 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002360 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002362 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002363 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002364 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2365 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2366 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002367 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002368 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002369 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002370 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2371 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002372 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002373 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2374 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002375 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002376 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2377 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002378 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002379 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2380 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2381 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002382
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002383 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002384 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2385 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002386 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2387 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002388 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002389 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2390 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2391 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002392
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002393 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2394 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2395 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002396 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2397 // selector is implemented.
2398
2399 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2400 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2401
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002402 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002403 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002404
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002405 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2406 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002407 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002408
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002409 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002410 if (!Getter)
2411 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002412 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002413 // Check if we can reference this property.
2414 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2415 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002416 }
2417 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2418 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002419 Selector SetterSel =
2420 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002421 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002422 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002423 if (!Setter) {
2424 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2425 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002426 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002427 }
2428 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002429 if (!Setter)
2430 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002431
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002432 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2433 return ExprError();
2434
2435 if (Getter || Setter) {
2436 QualType PType;
2437
2438 if (Getter)
2439 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002440 else
2441 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2442 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002443 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002444 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002445 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2446 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002447 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002448 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002449 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002451 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002453 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002454 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002455 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2456 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2457
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002458 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002459 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002460 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002461 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2462 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002463 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002464 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002465 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002466 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002467
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002468 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2469 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2470
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002471 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002472}
2473
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002474Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2475 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2476 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2477 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2478 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2479 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2480 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2481 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2482 TemplateName Template
2483 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2484
2485 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2486 // twice!
2487 DeclarationName Name;
2488 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2489 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2490 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2491 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002492 else {
2493 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2494 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2495 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2496 else
2497 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2498 }
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002499
2500 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2501 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2502 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002503 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2504
2505 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 16> TemplateArgs;
2506 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregor2d1c2142009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002507 TemplateArgs);
2508 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2509
2510 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2511 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2512 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
2513 Name, true, Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
2514 TemplateArgs.data(), TemplateArgs.size(),
2515 Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc, DeclPtrTy(),
2516 &SS);
2517 }
2518
2519 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2520 // DeclarationName.
2521 OwningExprResult Result
2522 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2523 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2524 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2525 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2526
2527 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2528 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2529 return move(Result);
2530
2531 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2532 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2533 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2534 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2535 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2536 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2537 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2538 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2539 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2540
2541 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2542 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002543}
2544
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002545Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2546 FunctionDecl *FD,
2547 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2548 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2549 Diag (CallLoc,
2550 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2551 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002552 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002553 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2554 } else {
2555 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2556 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2557
2558 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002559 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002560
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002561 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2562 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002563 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002564
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002565 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002567 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568
2569 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002570 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2571 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2572 return ExprError();
2573 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002574
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002575 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002576
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002577 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2578 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2579 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002581 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002582 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002583 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2584 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2585 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2586 }
2587 }
2588
2589 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2590 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2591}
2592
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2594/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2595/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2596/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2597/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2598/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002599bool
2600Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002601 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002602 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002603 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2604 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002605 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2607 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2608 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002609 bool Invalid = false;
2610
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002611 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2612 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2613 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2614 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2615 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2616 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2617 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2618 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002619 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002620 }
2621
2622 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2623 // them.
2624 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2625 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2626 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2627 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2628 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2629 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2630 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2631 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002632 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002633 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002634 }
2635 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2636 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002637
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002638 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2639 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2640 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002641
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002642 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002643 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002644 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002645
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002646 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2647 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002648 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2649 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002650 return true;
2651
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002652 // Pass the argument.
2653 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2654 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002655 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002656 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657
2658 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002659 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2660 FDecl, Param);
2661 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2662 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002663
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002664 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002665 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002666
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2668 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002669
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002670 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2671 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002672 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2673 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2674 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2675 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2676 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2677
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002678 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2679 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2680 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002681 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002682 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2683 }
2684 }
2685
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002686 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002687}
2688
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002689/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2690/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2691/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2692/// template arguments, etc.
2693void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2694 NamedDecl *&Function,
2695 DeclarationName &Name,
2696 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2697 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2698 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2699 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002700 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002701 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2702 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2703 Function = 0;
2704 Name = DeclarationName();
2705 Qualifier = 0;
2706 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2707 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2708 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2709
2710 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2711 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2712 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2713 while (true) {
2714 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2715 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2716 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2717 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2718 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2719 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2720 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2721 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2722 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2723 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2724 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002725 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2726 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002727 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2728 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2729 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2730 }
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002731 break;
2732 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2733 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2734 Name = DepName->getName();
2735 break;
2736 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2737 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2738 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2739 if (!Function)
2740 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2741 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2742 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2743 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2744
2745 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2746 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2747 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2748 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2749 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2750 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2751 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2752 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2753 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2754 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2755 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2756 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2757 //
2758 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2759 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2760 // is still possible.
2761 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2762 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2763 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2764 }
2765 break;
2766 } else {
2767 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2768 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2769 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2770 break;
2771 }
2772 }
2773}
2774
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002775/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002776/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2777/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002778Action::OwningExprResult
2779Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2780 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002781 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002782 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002783
2784 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2785 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002786
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002787 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002788 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002789 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002790 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002791 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002792 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002793
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002794 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002795 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2796 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2797 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2798 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2799 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2800 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2801 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2802 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002804 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2805 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002807 NumArgs = 0;
2808 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002810 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2811 RParenLoc));
2812 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002814 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002815 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002816 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2817 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002818 bool Dependent = false;
2819 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2820 Dependent = true;
2821 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2822 Dependent = true;
2823
2824 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002825 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002826 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2827
2828 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2829 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2830 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2831 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2832
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002833 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002834 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2835 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2836 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2837 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2838 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2839 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2840 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002841 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2842 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002843 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002844
2845 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2846 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2847 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2848 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002849 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2850 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2851 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002852
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002853 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2854 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2855 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2856 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002857
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002858 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2859 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2860 TheCall.get(), 0))
2861 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002862
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002863 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2864 RParenLoc))
2865 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002866
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002867 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2868 }
2869 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2870 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2871 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002872 }
2873 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002874 }
2875
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002876 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002877 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002878 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002879 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002880 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002881 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002882 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002883 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2884 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2885 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2886 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2887 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002888
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002889 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002890 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002891 if (NDecl) {
2892 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2893 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002894 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2895 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002896 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2897 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002898 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002899
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002900 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002901 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002902 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002903 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002904 ADL = false;
2905
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002906 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2907 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2908 ADL = false;
2909
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002910 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002911 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002912 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2913 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2914 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002915 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002916 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002917 if (!FDecl)
2918 return ExprError();
2919
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002920 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002921 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002922 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002923
2924 // Promote the function operand.
2925 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2926
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002927 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2928 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002929 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2930 Args, NumArgs,
2931 Context.BoolTy,
2932 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002933
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002934 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2935 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2936 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2937 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002938 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002939 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002940 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2941 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002942 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002943 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002944 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002945 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002946 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002947 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002948 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2949 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2950
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002951 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002952 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2953 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2954 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002955 return ExprError();
2956
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002957 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002958 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002959
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002960 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002961 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002962 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002963 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002964 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002965 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002966
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002967 if (FDecl) {
2968 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2969 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2970 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002971 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002972 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002973 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002974 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2975 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2976 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2977 }
2978 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002979 }
2980
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002981 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002982 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2983 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2984 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002985 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2986 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002987 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2988 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002989 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002990 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002991 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002992 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002993
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002994 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2995 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002996 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2997 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002998
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002999 // Check for sentinels
3000 if (NDecl)
3001 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003002
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003003 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003004 if (FDecl) {
3005 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3006 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003007
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003008 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003009 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3010 } else if (NDecl) {
3011 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3012 return ExprError();
3013 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003014
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003015 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003016}
3017
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003018Action::OwningExprResult
3019Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3020 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003021 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003022 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3023 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003024 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003025 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003026 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003027
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003028 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003029 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003030 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3031 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003032 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3033 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003034 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003035 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003036 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003037 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003038
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003039 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003040 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003041 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003042
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003043 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003044 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003045 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003046 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003047 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003048 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003049 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003050 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003051}
3052
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003053Action::OwningExprResult
3054Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003055 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3056 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3057 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003058
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003059 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003060 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003061
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003062 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003063 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003064 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003065 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003066}
3067
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003068static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3069 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
3070 if (Context.getCanonicalType(SrcTy).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3071 Context.getCanonicalType(DestTy).getUnqualifiedType())
3072 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3073
3074 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3075 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3076 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3077 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3078 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3079 }
3080
3081 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3082 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3083 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3084 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3085 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3086 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3087 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3088 }
3089
3090 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3091 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3092 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3093 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3094 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3095 }
3096
3097 // FIXME: Assert here.
3098 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3099 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3100}
3101
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003102/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003103bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003104 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003105 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3106 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003107 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003108 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3109 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003110
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003111 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003112
3113 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3114 // type needs to be scalar.
3115 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3116 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003117 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3118 return false;
3119 }
3120
3121 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003122 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3123 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3124 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3125 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003126 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003127 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3128 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003129 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003130 return false;
3131 }
3132
3133 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003134 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003135 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003136 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003137 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003138 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3139 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3140 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3141 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3142 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3143 break;
3144 }
3145 }
3146 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3147 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3148 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003149 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003150 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003151 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003152
3153 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3154 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3155 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3156 }
3157
3158 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3159 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003160 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3161 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003162 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003163 }
3164
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003165 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3166 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3167
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003168 if (castType->isVectorType())
3169 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3170 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3171 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3172
3173 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003174 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003175
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003176 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3177 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3178
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003179 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003180 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3181 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3182 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3183 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3184 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3185 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3186 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3187 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3188 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3189 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003190 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003191
3192 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003193 return false;
3194}
3195
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003196bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3197 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003198 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003199
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003200 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003201 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003202 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003203 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003204 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003205 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003206 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003207 } else
3208 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003209 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003210 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003211
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003212 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003213 return false;
3214}
3215
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003216bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3217 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003218 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003219
3220 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3221
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003222 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3223 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003224 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3225 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3226 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3227 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003228 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003229 return false;
3230 }
3231
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003232 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003233 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3234 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003235 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3236 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3237 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3238 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003239
3240 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3241 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3242 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003243
3244 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003245 return false;
3246}
3247
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003248Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003249Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003250 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003251 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003252
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003253 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3254 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003255
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003256 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003257 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3258 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003259
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003260 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3261 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3262 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003263 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003264 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003265 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003266 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003267
3268 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003269 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003270 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003271
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003272 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3273 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003274
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003275 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3276 } else {
3277 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003278 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003279
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003280 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003281 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003282 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003283}
3284
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003285/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3286/// of comma binary operators.
3287Action::OwningExprResult
3288Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3289 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3290 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3291 if (!E)
3292 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003294 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003295
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003296 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3297 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3298 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003300 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3301}
3302
3303Action::OwningExprResult
3304Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3305 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3306 QualType Ty) {
3307 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003308
3309 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003310 // then handle it as such.
3311 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3312 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3313 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3314 return ExprError();
3315 }
3316
3317 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3318 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3319 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3320
3321 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3322 // braces instead of the original commas.
3323 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003324 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003325 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3326 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003328 Owned(E));
3329 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003330 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003331 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3332 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3333 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3334 }
3335}
3336
3337Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3338 SourceLocation R,
3339 MultiExprArg Val) {
3340 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3341 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3342 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3343 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3344 return Owned(expr);
3345}
3346
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003347/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3348/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003349/// C99 6.5.15
3350QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3351 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003352 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3353 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3354 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3355
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003356 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3357
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003358 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3359 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3360 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3361 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3362 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3363 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003364
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003365 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003366 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3367 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3368 << CondTy;
3369 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003370 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003372 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003373 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3374 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003375
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003376 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3377 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003378 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3379 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3380 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003381 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003382
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003383 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3384 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003385 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3386 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003387 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003388 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003389 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003390 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003391 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003392 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003394 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003395 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003396 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3397 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3398 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3399 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3400 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3401 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3402 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003403 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3404 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003405 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003406 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003407 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3408 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003409 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003410 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003411 // promote the null to a pointer.
3412 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003413 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003414 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003415 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003416 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003417 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003418 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003419 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003420 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3421 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3422 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3423 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3424 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003425 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003426 return LHSTy;
3427 }
3428 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3429 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003430 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003431 return RHSTy;
3432 }
3433 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3434 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3435 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003436 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003437 return LHSTy;
3438 }
3439 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3440 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003441 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003442 return RHSTy;
3443 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003444 // Handle block pointer types.
3445 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3446 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3447 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3448 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003449 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3450 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003451 return destType;
3452 }
3453 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3454 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3455 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003456 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003457 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3458 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3459 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003460 return LHSTy;
3461 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003462 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003463 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3464 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003465
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003466 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3467 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003468 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3469 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3470 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3471 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3472 // to get a consistent AST.
3473 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003474 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3475 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003476 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003477 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003478 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003479 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3480 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003481 return LHSTy;
3482 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003483 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003484 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003486 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3487 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3488 return LHSTy;
3489 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003490 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3491 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003492 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003493
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003494 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3495 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3496 // type. This allows
3497 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3498 // where B is a subclass of A.
3499 //
3500 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3501 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3502 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3503 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3504
3505 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3506 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003507 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003508 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003509 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003510 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003511 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003512 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003513 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003515 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3516 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3517 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3518 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3519 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003520 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003521 } else if (!(compositeType =
3522 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3523 ;
3524 else {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003525 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3526 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3527 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3528 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003529 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3530 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003531 return incompatTy;
3532 }
3533 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003534 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3535 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003536 return compositeType;
3537 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003538 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3539 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003540 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003541 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003542 QualType destPointee
3543 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003544 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003545 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3546 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3547 // Promote to void*.
3548 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003549 return destType;
3550 }
3551 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003552 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003553 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003554 QualType destPointee
3555 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003556 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003557 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3558 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3559 // Promote to void*.
3560 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003561 return destType;
3562 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003563 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3564 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3565 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003566 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3567 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003568
3569 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3570 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3571 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003572 QualType destPointee
3573 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003574 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003575 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3576 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3577 // Promote to void*.
3578 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003579 return destType;
3580 }
3581 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003582 QualType destPointee
3583 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003584 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003585 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3586 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3587 // Promote to void*.
3588 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003589 return destType;
3590 }
3591
3592 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3593 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3594 return LHSTy;
3595 }
3596 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3597 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3598 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3599 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3600 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3601 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3602 // to get a consistent AST.
3603 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003604 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3605 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003606 return incompatTy;
3607 }
3608 // The pointer types are compatible.
3609 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3610 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3611 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3612 // type.
3613 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3614 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003615 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3616 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003617 return LHSTy;
3618 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003619
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003620 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3621 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3622 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3623 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003624 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003625 return RHSTy;
3626 }
3627 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3628 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3629 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003630 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003631 return LHSTy;
3632 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003633
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003634 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003635 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3636 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003637 return QualType();
3638}
3639
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003640/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003641/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003642Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3643 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3644 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3645 ExprArg RHS) {
3646 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3647 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003648
3649 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3650 // was the condition.
3651 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3652 if (isLHSNull)
3653 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003654
3655 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003656 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003657 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003658 return ExprError();
3659
3660 Cond.release();
3661 LHS.release();
3662 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003663 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003664 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003665 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003666}
3667
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003668// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003669// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003670// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3671// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3672// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003673Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003674Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3675 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003677 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3678 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3679 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3680 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3681 return Compatible;
3682 }
3683
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003684 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003685 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3686 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003687
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003688 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003689 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3690 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003691
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003692 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003693
3694 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3695 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3696 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003697 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003698 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003699 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003700
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003701 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3702 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003703 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003704 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003705 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003706 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003707
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003708 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003709 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3710 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003711 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003712
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003713 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003714 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003715 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003716
3717 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003718 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3719 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003720 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003722 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003723 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3724 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3725 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3726 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3727 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3728 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003729 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003730 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003731 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003732 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003733
3734 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003735 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003736 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003737 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003738
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003739 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3740 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3741 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3742 // warning can be disabled.
3743 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3744 return ConvTy;
3745 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3746 }
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003747
3748 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3749 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3750 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3751 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3752 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3753 do {
3754 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3755 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3756
3757 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3758 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3759 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3760
3761 if (lhptee.getUnqualifiedType() == rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003762 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003763 }
3764
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003765 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003766 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003767 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003768 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003769}
3770
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003771/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3772/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3773/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3774// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775Sema::AssignConvertType
3776Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003777 QualType rhsType) {
3778 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003780 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003781 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3782 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003783
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003784 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3785 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3786 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003788 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003789
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003790 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3791 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3792 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003794 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003796 return ConvTy;
3797}
3798
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003799/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3800/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003801/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3802///
3803/// int a, *pint;
3804/// short *pshort;
3805/// struct foo *pfoo;
3806///
3807/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3808/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3809/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3810/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3811///
3812/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003813/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003814///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003815Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003816Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003817 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3818 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003819 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3820 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003821
3822 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003823 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003824
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003825 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3826 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3827 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3828 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3829 return Compatible;
3830 }
3831
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003832 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3833 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3834 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3835 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3836 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3837 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3838 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003839 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003840 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003841 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003842 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003843 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003844 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3845 // to the same ExtVector type.
3846 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3847 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3848 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3849 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3850 return Compatible;
3851 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003852
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003853 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003854 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003855 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003856 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003857 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3858 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003859 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003860 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003861 }
3862 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003863 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003864
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003865 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003866 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003867
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003868 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003869 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003870 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003871
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003872 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003873 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003875 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003876 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003877 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3878 return Compatible;
3879 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003880 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003881 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3882 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003883 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003884
3885 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003886 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003887 return Compatible;
3888 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003889 return Incompatible;
3890 }
3891
3892 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3893 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003894 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003895
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003896 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003897 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003898 return Compatible;
3899
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003900 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3901 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003902
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003903 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003904 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003905 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003906 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003907 return Incompatible;
3908 }
3909
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003910 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3911 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3912 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003913
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003914 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003915 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003916 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3917 return Compatible;
3918 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003919 }
3920 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003921 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3922 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003923 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3924 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003925 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3926 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003927 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003928 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003929 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003930 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3931 return Compatible;
3932 }
3933 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3934 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3935 return Compatible;
3936 return Incompatible;
3937 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003938 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003939 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003940 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3941 return Compatible;
3942
3943 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003944 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003945
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003946 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003947 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003948
3949 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003950 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003951 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003952 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003953 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003954 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3955 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3956 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3957 return Compatible;
3958
3959 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3960 return PointerToInt;
3961
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003962 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003963 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003964 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3965 return Compatible;
3966 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003967 }
3968 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003969 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003970 return Compatible;
3971 return Incompatible;
3972 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003973
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003974 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003975 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003976 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003977 }
3978 return Incompatible;
3979}
3980
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003981/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3982/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003983static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003984 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3985 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3986 // of the transparent union.
3987 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3988 &E, 1,
3989 SourceLocation());
3990 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3991 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3992
3993 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3994 // union type from this initializer list.
3995 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3996 false);
3997}
3998
3999Sema::AssignConvertType
4000Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4001 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4002
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004003 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004004 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4005 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004006 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004007 return Incompatible;
4008
4009 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4010 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4011 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4012 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004013 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4014 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004015 it != itend; ++it) {
4016 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4017 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4018 // 1) void pointer
4019 // 2) null pointer constant
4020 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004021 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004022 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004023 InitField = *it;
4024 break;
4025 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004027 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4028 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004029 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004030 InitField = *it;
4031 break;
4032 }
4033 }
4034
4035 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4036 == Compatible) {
4037 InitField = *it;
4038 break;
4039 }
4040 }
4041
4042 if (!InitField)
4043 return Incompatible;
4044
4045 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4046 return Compatible;
4047}
4048
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004049Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004050Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004051 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4052 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4053 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4054 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4055 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004056 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4057 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004058 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004059 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004060 }
4061
4062 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4063 // structures.
4064 }
4065
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004066 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4067 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4069 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004070 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004071 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4072 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004073 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004074 return Compatible;
4075 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004076
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004077 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004078 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004079 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004080 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004081 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004082 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004083 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4084 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004085
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004086 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4087 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004088
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004089 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4090 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004091 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4092 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4093 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4094 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004095 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004096 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4097 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004098 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004099}
4100
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004101QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004103 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004104 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004105 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004106}
4107
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004108inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004109 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004110 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004111 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004112 QualType lhsType =
4113 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4114 QualType rhsType =
4115 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004117 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004118 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004119 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004120
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004121 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4122 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004123 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4124 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004125 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4126 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004127 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004128 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004129 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004130 }
4131 }
4132 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004133
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004134 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4135 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4136 bool swapped = false;
4137 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4138 swapped = true;
4139 std::swap(rex, lex);
4140 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4141 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004142
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004143 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004144 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004145 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4146 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4147 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004148 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004149 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4150 return lhsType;
4151 }
4152 }
4153 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4154 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4155 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004156 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004157 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4158 return lhsType;
4159 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004160 }
4161 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004162
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004163 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004164 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004165 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004166 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004167 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004168}
4169
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004170inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004171 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004172 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004173 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004174
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004175 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004176
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004177 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004178 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004179 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004180}
4181
4182inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004183 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004184 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4185 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4186 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4187 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4188 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004189
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004190 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004191
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004192 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004193 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004194 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004195}
4196
4197inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004198 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004199 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4200 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4201 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4202 return compType;
4203 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004204
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004205 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004206
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004207 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004208 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4209 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4210 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004211 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004212 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004213
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004214 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4215 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004216 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004217 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4218
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004219 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004220
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004221 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004222 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004223
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004224 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4225 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004226 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4227 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004228 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004229 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004230 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004231
4232 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4233 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4234 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004235 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004236 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4237 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4238 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4239 return QualType();
4240 }
4241
4242 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4243 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4244 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004245 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004246 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004247 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004248 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004249 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4250 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004251 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4252 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004253 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004254 return QualType();
4255 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004256 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4257 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4258 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4259 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4260 return QualType();
4261 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004263 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004264 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4265 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4266 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4267 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4268 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004269 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004270 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4271 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004272 return PExp->getType();
4273 }
4274 }
4275
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004276 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004277}
4278
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004279// C99 6.5.6
4280QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004281 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4282 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4283 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4284 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4285 return compType;
4286 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004287
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004288 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004289
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004290 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004291
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004292 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004293 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4294 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004295 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004296 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004297 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004298
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004299 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004300 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004301 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004302
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004303 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004304
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004305 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4306 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4307 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4308 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4310 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4311 return QualType();
4312 }
4313
4314 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4315 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4316 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4317 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4318 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004319 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004320 return QualType();
4321 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004322
4323 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4324 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4325 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004326 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004327 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004328 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004329 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004330 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004331
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004332 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4333 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4335 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4336 return QualType();
4337 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004338
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004339 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004340 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4341 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4342 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4343 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4344 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4345 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004346 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004347 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4348
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004349 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004350 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004351 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004352
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004353 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004354 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004355 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004356
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004357 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4358 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4359 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4360 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4361 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4362 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4363 return QualType();
4364 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004365
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004366 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4367 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4368 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4369 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004370 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004371 return QualType();
4372 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004373
4374 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4375 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4376 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4377 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4378 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004379 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4380 << rex->getSourceRange()
4381 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004382 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004383
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004384 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4385 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4386 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4387 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4388 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4389 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4390 return QualType();
4391 }
4392 } else {
4393 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4394 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4395 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4396 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4397 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4398 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4399 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4400 return QualType();
4401 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004402 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004403
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004404 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4405 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4406 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4407 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4408 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004409 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004410 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004411
4412 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004413 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4414 }
4415 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004417 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004418}
4419
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004420// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004421QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004422 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004423 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4424 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004425 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004426
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004427 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4428 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4429 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4430
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004431 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4432 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004433 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4434 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4435 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4436 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4437 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004438 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004439 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004440 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004441
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004442 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004443
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004444 // Sanity-check shift operands
4445 llvm::APSInt Right;
4446 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004447 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4448 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004449 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004450 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4451 else {
4452 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4453 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4454 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4455 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4456 }
4457 }
4458
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004459 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004460 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004461}
4462
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004463/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4464///
4465/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4466/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4467/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004468/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4469/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004470void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004471 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCall7d62a8f2009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004472 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4473 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4474 return;
4475
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004476 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4477
4478 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4479 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4480 return;
4481
Sebastian Redl732429c2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004482 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4483 // chance at instantiation time.
4484 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4485 return;
4486
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004487 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4488 // signed operand.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004489 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004490 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4491 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4492 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004493 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004494 } else {
4495 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4496 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004497 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004498 }
4499
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004500 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004501 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4502 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004503 // of the comparison will be exact.
4504 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4505 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4506 return;
4507
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004508 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4509 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4510 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004511 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004512 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4513
4514 if (value.isNonNegative())
4515 return;
4516 }
4517
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004518 if (Equality) {
4519 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCall48f5e632009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004520 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4521 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4522 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004523 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4524 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4525
4526 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4527 if (value.isNonNegative())
4528 return;
4529 }
4530 }
4531
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004532 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004533 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4534 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4535}
4536
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004537// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004538QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004539 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4540 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4541
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004542 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004543 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004544
John McCall5dbad3d2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004545 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4546 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004547
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004548 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004549 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4550 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4551 else {
4552 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4553 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4554 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004555 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4556 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004557
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004558 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4559 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004560 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4561 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4562 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004563 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004564 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004565 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4566 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4567 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4568 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004569 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4570 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004571 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004572
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004573 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4574 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4575 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4576 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004577
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004578 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4579 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004580 Expr *literalString = 0;
4581 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004582 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004583 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4584 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004585 literalString = lex;
4586 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004587 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4588 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004589 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4590 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004591 literalString = rex;
4592 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4593 }
4594
4595 if (literalString) {
4596 std::string resultComparison;
4597 switch (Opc) {
4598 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4599 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4600 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4601 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4602 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4603 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4604 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4605 }
4606 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4607 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4608 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004609 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4610 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4611 "strcmp(")
4612 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4613 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004614 resultComparison);
4615 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004616 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004617
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004618 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004619 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004620
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004621 if (isRelational) {
4622 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004623 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004624 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004625 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004626 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004627 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004628 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004629 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004630
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004631 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004632 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004633 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004634
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004635 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4636 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4637 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4638 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004639
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004640 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4641 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4642 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004643 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004644 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004645 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004646 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004647 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004648
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004649 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004650 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4651 return ResultTy;
4652
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004653 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4654 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4655 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4656 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4657 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4658 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004659 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004660 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004661 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004662 if (T.isNull()) {
4663 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4664 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4665 return QualType();
4666 }
4667
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004668 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4669 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004670 return ResultTy;
4671 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004672 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4673 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4674 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4675 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4676 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4677 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4678 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4679 }
4680 } else if (!isRelational &&
4681 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4682 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4683 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4684 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4685 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4686 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4687 }
4688 } else {
4689 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004690 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004691 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004692 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004693 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004694 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004695 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004696 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004697
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004698 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004699 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004700 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004701 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004702 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4703 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004704 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004705 return ResultTy;
4706 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004707 if (LHSIsNull &&
4708 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4709 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004710 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004711 return ResultTy;
4712 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004713
4714 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004715 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004716 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4717 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004718 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4719 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4720 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4721 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4722 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4723 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4724 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4725 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004726 // types.
4727 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4728 if (T.isNull()) {
4729 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4730 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4731 return QualType();
4732 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004733
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004734 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4735 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004736 return ResultTy;
4737 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004738
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004739 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004740 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4741 return ResultTy;
4742 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004743
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004744 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004745 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004746 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4747 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004748
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004749 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004750 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004751 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004752 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004753 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004754 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004755 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004756 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004757 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004758 if (!isRelational
4759 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4760 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004761 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004762 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004763 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004764 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004765 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4767 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004768 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004769 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004770 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004771 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004772
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004773 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004774 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004775 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4776 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004777 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004778 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004779 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004780 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004781
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004782 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4783 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004784 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004785 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004786 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004787 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004788 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004789 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004790 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004791 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004792 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4793 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004794 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004795 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004796 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004797 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004798 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004799 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4800 if (RHSIsNull) {
4801 if (isRelational)
4802 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4803 } else if (isRelational)
4804 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4805 else
4806 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004807
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004808 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004809 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004810 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004811 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004812 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004813 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004814 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004815 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004816 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4817 if (LHSIsNull) {
4818 if (isRelational)
4819 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4820 } else if (isRelational)
4821 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4822 else
4823 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004824
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004825 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004826 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004827 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004828 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004829 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004830 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004831 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004832 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004833 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4834 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004835 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004836 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004837 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004838 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4839 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004840 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004841 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004842 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004843 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004844}
4845
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004846/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004847/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004848/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4849/// types.
4850QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004851 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004852 bool isRelational) {
4853 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4854 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004855 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004856 if (vType.isNull())
4857 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004859 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4860 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004861
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004862 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4863 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4864 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4865 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4866 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4867 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4868 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004869 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004870 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004871
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004872 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4873 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4874 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004875 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004876 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004877
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004878 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4879 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4880 // elements for floating point vectors.
4881 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4882 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004883
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004884 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004885 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004886 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004887 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004888 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004889 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4890
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004891 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004892 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004893 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4894}
4895
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004896inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004897 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004898 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004899 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004900
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004901 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004903 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004904 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004905 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004906}
4907
4908inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004909 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004910 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4911 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004913 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4914 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4915
4916 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4917 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4918 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4919 return Context.BoolTy;
4920 }
4921
4922 return Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004923}
4924
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004925/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4926/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4927/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4928///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004929static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004930 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4931 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4932 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4933 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004934 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004935 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4936 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4937 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4938 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004939 }
4940 }
4941 return false;
4942}
4943
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004944/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4945/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4946static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004947 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004948 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004949 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004950 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4951 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004952 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4953 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004954
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004955 unsigned Diag = 0;
4956 bool NeedType = false;
4957 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4958 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4959 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004960 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004961 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4962 NeedType = true;
4963 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004964 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004965 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4966 NeedType = true;
4967 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004968 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004969 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4970 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004971 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004972 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4973 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004974 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4975 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004976 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004977 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4978 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004979 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004980 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4981 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004982 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004983 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4984 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004985 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4986 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4987 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004988 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4989 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4990 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004991 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004992
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004993 SourceRange Assign;
4994 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4995 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004996 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004997 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004998 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004999 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005000 return true;
5001}
5002
5003
5004
5005// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005006QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5007 SourceLocation Loc,
5008 QualType CompoundType) {
5009 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5010 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005011 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005012
5013 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5014 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005015
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005016 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005017 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005018 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005019 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005020 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5021 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5022 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005023 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005024 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005025 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005026 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005027
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005028 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5029 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5030 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005031 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005032 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5033 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5034 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5035 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5036 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005037 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005038 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005039 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5040 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5041 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005042 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5043 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005044 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5045 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5046 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005047 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005048 }
5049 } else {
5050 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005051 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005052 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005053
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005054 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5055 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005056 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005057
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005058 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5059 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005060 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005061 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5062 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005063 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005064 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005065 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005066}
5067
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005068// C99 6.5.17
5069QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005070 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005071 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005072
5073 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5074 // incomplete in C++).
5075
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005076 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005077}
5078
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005079/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5080/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005081QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5082 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005083 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5084 return Context.DependentTy;
5085
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005086 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5087 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005088
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005089 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5090 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5091 if (!isInc) {
5092 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5093 return QualType();
5094 }
5095 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5096 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5097 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005098 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005099 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5100 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005101
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005102 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005103 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005104 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5105 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5106 << Op->getSourceRange();
5107 return QualType();
5108 }
5109
5110 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005111 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005112 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005113 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5114 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5115 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5116 return QualType();
5117 }
5118
5119 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005120 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005121 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005122 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005123 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005124 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005125 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005126 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5127 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5128 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5129 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5130 return QualType();
5131 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005132 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5133 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5134 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005135 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005136 } else {
5137 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005138 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005139 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005140 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005141 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005142 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005143 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005144 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005145 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005146}
5147
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005148/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005149/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005150/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5151/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5152/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5153/// - &(x) => x
5154/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5155/// - &s.xx => s
5156/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5157/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5158/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5159/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005160static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005161 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005162 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005163 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005164 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005165 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5166 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5167 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005168 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005169 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005170 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005171 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005172 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005173 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5174 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005175 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5176 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5177 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5178 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5179 }
5180 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005181 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005182 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5183 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005184
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005185 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005186 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5187 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5188 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5189 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5190 default:
5191 return 0;
5192 }
5193 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005194 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005195 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005196 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005197 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5198 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005199 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005200 default:
5201 return 0;
5202 }
5203}
5204
5205/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005207/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005208/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005209/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005210/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005211/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005212QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005213 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5214 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5215
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005216 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5217 return Context.DependentTy;
5218
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005219 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5220 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5221 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5222 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5223 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5224 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5225 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5226 }
5227 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5228 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5229 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005230 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005231 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005232
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005233 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5234 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005235 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005236 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005237 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005238 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5239 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005240 return QualType();
5241 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005242 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005243 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5244 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5245 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005246 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005247 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5248 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005249 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005250 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005251 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005252 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005253 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5254 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5255 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5256 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5257 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005258 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5259 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005260 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5261 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005262 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005263 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005264 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5265 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5266 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005267 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5268 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005269 return QualType();
5270 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005271 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5272 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005273 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005274 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005275 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005276 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5277 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005278 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005279 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005280 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5281 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005282 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005283 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5284 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5285 return QualType();
5286 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005287
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005288 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5289 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005290 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005291 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005292 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005293 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005294 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005295 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5296 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005297 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5298 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5299 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005300 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005301 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005302
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005303 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5304 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5305 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5306 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5307 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5308 }
5309
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005310 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
5311 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
5312}
5313
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005314QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005315 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5316 return Context.DependentTy;
5317
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005318 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5319 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005320
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005321 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5322 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5323 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5324 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005325 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005326 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005327
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005328 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005329 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005330
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005331 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005332 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005333 return QualType();
5334}
5335
5336static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5337 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5338 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5339 switch (Kind) {
5340 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005341 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5342 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005343 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5344 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5345 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5346 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5347 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5348 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5349 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5350 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5351 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5352 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5353 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5354 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5355 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5356 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5357 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5358 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5359 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5360 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5361 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5362 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5363 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5364 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5365 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5366 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5367 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5368 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5369 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5370 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5371 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5372 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5373 }
5374 return Opc;
5375}
5376
5377static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5378 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5379 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5380 switch (Kind) {
5381 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5382 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5383 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5384 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5385 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5386 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5387 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5388 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5389 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005390 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5391 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5392 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5393 }
5394 return Opc;
5395}
5396
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005397/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5398/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5399/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005400Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5401 unsigned Op,
5402 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005403 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005404 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005405 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5406 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5407 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005408
5409 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005410 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5411 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5412 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005413 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5414 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5415 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5416 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5417 break;
5418 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005419 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5420 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5421 break;
5422 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5423 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5424 break;
5425 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5426 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5427 break;
5428 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5429 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5430 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005431 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005432 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5433 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5434 break;
5435 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5436 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5437 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5438 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005439 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005440 break;
5441 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5442 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005443 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005444 break;
5445 case BinaryOperator::And:
5446 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5447 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5448 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5449 break;
5450 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5451 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5452 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5453 break;
5454 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5455 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005456 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5457 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5458 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5459 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005460 break;
5461 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005462 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5463 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5464 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5465 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005466 break;
5467 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005468 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5469 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5470 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005471 break;
5472 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005473 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5474 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5475 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005476 break;
5477 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5478 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005479 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5480 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5481 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5482 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005483 break;
5484 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5485 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5486 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005487 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5488 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5489 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5490 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005491 break;
5492 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5493 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5494 break;
5495 }
5496 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005497 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005498 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005499 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5500 else
5501 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005502 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5503 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005504}
5505
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005506/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5507/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005508static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5509 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5510 SourceRange ParenRange)
5511{
5512 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5513 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5514 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5515 // warning/error and return.
5516 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5517 return;
5518 }
5519
5520 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5521 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5522 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5523}
5524
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005525/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5526/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5527/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5528/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005529static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5530 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005531 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5532 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5533 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5534 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005535 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005536 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005537 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5538
5539 // Subs are not binary operators.
5540 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5541 return;
5542
5543 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5544 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005545 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5546 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005547 return;
5548
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005549 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005550 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5551 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005552 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5553 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5554 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5555 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005556 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5557 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005558 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5559 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5560 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005561}
5562
5563/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5564/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5565/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5566static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5567 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005568 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005569 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5570}
5571
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005572// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005573Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5574 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5575 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005576 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005577 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005578
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005579 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5580 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005581
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005582 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5583 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5584
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005585 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5586}
5587
5588Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5589 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5590 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005591 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005592 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005593 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5594 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5595 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5596 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5597 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005598 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005599 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5600 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005601 if (S)
5602 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5603 Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005604 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005605 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005606 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005607 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005608 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005609
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005610 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5611 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005612 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005613 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005614
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005615 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005616 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005617}
5618
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005619Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005620 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005621 ExprArg InputArg) {
5622 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005623
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005624 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005625 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005626 QualType resultType;
5627 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005628 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5629 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5630 break;
5631
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005632 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5633 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005634 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5635 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005636 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005637 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5638 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005639 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005640 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005641 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5642 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005643 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005644 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005645 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5646 break;
5647 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5648 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005649 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5650 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005651 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5652 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005653 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5654 break;
5655 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5656 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5657 break;
5658 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5659 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5660 resultType->isPointerType())
5661 break;
5662
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005663 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5664 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005665 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005666 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5667 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005668 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5669 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005670 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5671 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5672 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005673 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005674 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005675 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005676 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5677 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005678 break;
5679 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5680 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005681 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5682 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005683 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5684 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005685 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005686 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5687 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005688 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005689 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5690 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005691 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005692 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005693 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005694 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005695 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005696 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005697 resultType = Input->getType();
5698 break;
5699 }
5700 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005701 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005702
5703 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005704 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005705}
5706
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005707Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5708 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5709 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005710 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005711 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5712 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5713 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5714 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5715 // the arguments.
5716 FunctionSet Functions;
5717 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5718 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005719 if (S)
5720 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5721 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005722 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005723 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005724 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005725 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005726
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005727 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5728 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005729
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005730 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5731}
5732
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005733// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5734Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5735 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5736 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5737}
5738
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005739/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005740Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5741 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5742 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005743 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005744 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005745
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005746 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5747 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005748 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005749 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005750
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005751 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005752 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5753 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005754}
5755
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005756Sema::OwningExprResult
5757Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5758 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5759 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005760 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5761 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5762
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005763 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005764 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005765 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005766
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005767 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5768 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5769 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005770
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005771 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5772 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5773 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005774
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005775 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5776 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5777 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5778 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5779 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005780
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005781 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005782 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005783 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005784
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005785 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5786 // expressions are not lvalues.
5787
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005788 substmt.release();
5789 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005790}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005791
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005792Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5793 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5794 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5795 TypeTy *argty,
5796 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5797 unsigned NumComponents,
5798 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5799 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5800 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005801 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5802 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005803 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005804
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005805 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5806
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005807 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5808 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5809 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005810 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005811 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005812
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005813 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5814 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005815
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005816 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5817 // the offsetof designators.
5818 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5819 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005820 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005821 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005822
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005823 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5824 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005825 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5826 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005827 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005828 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5829 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005830
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005831 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005832 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005833
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005834 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5835 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5836 return ExprError();
5837
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005838 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5839 // leaks like a sieve.
5840 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5841 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5842 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5843 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5844 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5845 if (!AT) {
5846 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005847 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5848 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005849 }
5850
5851 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5852
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005853 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5854 // expression.
5855 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5856
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005857 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5858 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005859 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005860 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005861 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005862 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005863 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005864
5865 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5866 OC.LocEnd);
5867 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005868 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005869
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005870 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005871 if (!RC) {
5872 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005873 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5874 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005875 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005876
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005877 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5878 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005879 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005880 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005881 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5882 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5883 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005884 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5885 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005886 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005887
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005888 LookupResult R;
5889 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5890
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005891 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005892 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005893 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005894 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005895 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5896 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005897
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005898 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5899 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005900 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005901 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5902 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005903 } else {
5904 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5905 // doesn't matter here.
5906 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5907 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5908 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005909 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005910 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005911
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005912 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5913 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005914}
5915
5916
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005917Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5918 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5919 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005920 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5921 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5922 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005923
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005924 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005925
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005926 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5927 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5928 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5929 return ExprError();
5930 }
5931
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005932 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5933 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005934}
5935
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005936Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5937 ExprArg cond,
5938 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5939 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5940 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5941 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5942 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005943
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005944 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5945
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005946 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005947 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005948 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005949 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005950 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005951 } else {
5952 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5953 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5954 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5955 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005956 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5957 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5958 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005959
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005960 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5961 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005962 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5963 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005964 }
5965
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005966 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5967 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005968 resType, RPLoc,
5969 resType->isDependentType(),
5970 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005971}
5972
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005973//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5974// Clang Extensions.
5975//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5976
5977/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005978void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005979 // Analyze block parameters.
5980 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005981
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005982 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5983 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5984 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005985
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005986 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005987 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005988 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005989 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005990 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5991 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005992
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005993 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005994 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005995}
5996
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005997void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005998 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005999
6000 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6001 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006002 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006003 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6004
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006005 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6006 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6007 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6008 return;
6009 }
6010
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006011 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6012 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6013 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6014
6015 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6016 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006017 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006018 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006019 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006020 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006021 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6022 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006023 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006024
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006025 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6026 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6027 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6028 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6029 return;
6030 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006031 return;
6032 }
6033
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006034 // Analyze arguments to block.
6035 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6036 "Not a function declarator!");
6037 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006038
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006039 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6040 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006041
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006042 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6043 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6044 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6045 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006046 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6047 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006048 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006049 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006050 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6051 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006052 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006053 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006054 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006055 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006056 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006057 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006058 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006059 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6060 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6061 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6062 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6063 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006064
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006065 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006066 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006067 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006068 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006069 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006070 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6071 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006072
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006073 // Analyze the return type.
6074 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006075 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006076
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006077 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6078 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6079 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6080 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6081 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006082 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006083}
6084
6085/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6086/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6087void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6088 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6089 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006090
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006091 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6092
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006093 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006094 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006095 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006096 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006097}
6098
6099/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6100/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006101Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6102 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006103 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6104 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6105 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006106
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006107 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6108 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006109
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006110 PopDeclContext();
6111
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006112 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6113 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006114
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006115 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006116 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6117 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006118
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006119 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6120 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6121 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006122
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006123 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006124 QualType BlockTy;
6125 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006126 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6127 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006128 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006129 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006130 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6131 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006132
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006133 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006134 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006135 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006136
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006137 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6138 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6139 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6140 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006141
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006142 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006143 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006144 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6145 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006146}
6147
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006148Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6149 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6150 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006151 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006152 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6153 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006154
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006155 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006156
6157 // Get the va_list type
6158 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006159 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6160 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6161 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6162 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006163 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006164 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6165 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6166 } else {
6167 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6168 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006169 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006170 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006171 return ExprError();
6172 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006173
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006174 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6175 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006176 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6177 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006178 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006179 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006180
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006181 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006182 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006183
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006184 expr.release();
6185 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6186 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006187}
6188
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006189Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006190 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6191 // pointers on the target.
6192 QualType Ty;
6193 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6194 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6195 else
6196 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6197
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006198 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006199}
6200
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006201static void
6202MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6203 QualType DstType,
6204 Expr *SrcExpr,
6205 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6206 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6207 return;
6208
6209 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6210 if (!PT)
6211 return;
6212
6213 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6214 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6215 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6216 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6217 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6218 return;
6219 }
6220
6221 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6222 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6223 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6224 return;
6225
6226 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6227}
6228
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006229bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6230 SourceLocation Loc,
6231 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6232 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6233 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6234 bool isInvalid = false;
6235 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006236 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6237
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006238 switch (ConvTy) {
6239 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6240 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006241 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006242 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6243 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006244 case IntToPointer:
6245 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6246 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006247 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006248 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006249 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6250 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006251 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6252 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6253 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006254 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6255 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6256 break;
6257 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006258 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6259 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6260 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6261 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6262 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6263 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6264 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6265 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6266 // C++ semantics.
6267 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6268 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6269 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006270 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6271 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006272 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006273 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006274 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006275 case IntToBlockPointer:
6276 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6277 break;
6278 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006279 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006280 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006281 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006282 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006283 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6284 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6285 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006286 case IncompatibleVectors:
6287 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6288 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006289 case Incompatible:
6290 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6291 isInvalid = true;
6292 break;
6293 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006294
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006295 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006296 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006297 return isInvalid;
6298}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006299
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006300bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006301 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6302 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6303 if (Result)
6304 *Result = ICEResult;
6305 return false;
6306 }
6307
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006308 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6309
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006310 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006311 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6312 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6313
6314 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6315 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6316 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6317 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6318 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6319 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6320 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006321
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006322 return true;
6323 }
6324
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006325 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6326 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006327
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006328 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6329 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6330 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006331
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006332 if (Result)
6333 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6334 return false;
6335}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006336
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006337Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6338Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006339 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6340 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6341 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006342
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006343 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6344 return NewContext;
6345}
6346
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006347void
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006348Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6349 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6350 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6351
6352 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6353 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6354 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6355 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6356 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6357 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6358 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006359
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006360 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6361 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6362 I != IEnd; ++I)
6363 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6364 }
6365}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006366
6367/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6368///
6369/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6370/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6371/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6372/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6373///
6374/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6375///
6376/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6377void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6378 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006379
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006380 if (D->isUsed())
6381 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006382
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006383 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6384 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6385 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6386 // -Wunused-parameters)
6387 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6388 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006389 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006390
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006391 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6392 // an instantiation.
6393 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6394 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006395
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006396 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6397 case Unevaluated:
6398 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6399 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006400
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006401 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6402 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6403 // "used"; handle this below.
6404 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006405
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006406 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6407 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6408 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6409 // potentially evaluated.
6410 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6411 return;
6412 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006413
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006414 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006415 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006416 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006417 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6418 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6419 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006420 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006421 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006422 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6423 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6424 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006425 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6426 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6427 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006428
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006429 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6430 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6431 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6432 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6433 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6434 }
6435 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006436 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006437 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006438 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006439 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006440 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6441 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6442 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6443 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6444 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006445 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6446 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006447 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6448 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6449 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6450 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6451 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006452 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6453 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006454 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6455 }
6456
6457 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6458 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6459 }
6460
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006461 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006462 Function->setUsed(true);
6463 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006464 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006465
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006466 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006467 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006468 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006469 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6470 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6471 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6472 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6473 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6474 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6475 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6476 }
6477 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006478
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006479 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006480
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006481 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006482 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006483 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006484}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006485
6486bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6487 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6488 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6489 return false;
6490
6491 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6492 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6493 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6494 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6495
6496 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6497 FD ?
6498 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6499 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6500 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6501 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6502 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6503 return true;
6504
6505 return false;
6506}
6507
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006508// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6509// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6510void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6511 SourceLocation Loc;
6512
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006513 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6514
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006515 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6516 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6517 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6518 return;
6519
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006520 // Greylist the following Cocoa ObjC idiom by putting it into a
6521 // warning subcategory which defaults off:
6522 // if (self = [super init])
6523 // The selector can vary, and it's possible that the base might,
6524 // too, so we just recognize any message call.
6525 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) &&
6526 isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
6527 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_self_assignment;
6528
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006529 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6530 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6531 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6532 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6533 return;
6534
6535 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6536 } else {
6537 // Not an assignment.
6538 return;
6539 }
6540
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006541 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006542 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006543
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006544 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006545 << E->getSourceRange()
6546 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6547 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6548}
6549
6550bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6551 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6552
6553 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6554 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6555
6556 QualType T = E->getType();
6557
6558 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6559 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6560 return true;
6561 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6563 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6564 return true;
6565 }
6566 }
6567
6568 return false;
6569}